Pick Your Division
The TFX online qualifier is for anyone ready to test their fitness.
Over the course of two weeks you will complete 6 workouts (3 per week) and submit your scores.
The top athletes will qualify to compete in the TFX Championship held in January 2026 in Austin, Texas.
ARE YOU READY?
Individual
PRO/RX
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Pro/RX Division
185/125#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Pro/RX Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Pro/RX Division
50/35#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Pro Divison
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 225/155#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 315/205#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Pro Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 50/35# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
Intermediate
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Intermediate Division
135/95#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Intermediate Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Intermediate Division
40/25#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Intermediate Divison
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 275/175#
3 Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Intermediate Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 40/25# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
rookie
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Rookie Division
115/75#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Rookie Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 35/20#s
– 15 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 6 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Rookie Divison
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 135/95#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 155/105#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Rookie Division:
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 35/20# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
masters
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Masters 35-39/Masters 40-44 Division
165/115#
Masters 45-49 Division
155/105#
Masters 50-54 Division
135/95#
Masters 55-59/Masters 60+ Division
95/65#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Masters 35-39/Masters 40-44/Masters 45-49/Masters 50-54 Divisions
20/14# to 10/9’
Masters 55-59/Master 60+ Division
14/10# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
Masters 35-49/Masters 40-44 Divisions
50/35#s
Masters 45-49/Masters 50-54 Divisions
40/25#s
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Masters 55-59/Masters 60+ Divisions
35/20#s
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 35/20#s
– 15 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 6 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Masters 35-39/Masters 40-44 Divisions
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 225/155#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 315/205#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Masters 45-49 Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 275/175#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Masters 50-54 Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 275/175#
3 Wall Walks
Masters 55-59/Masters 60+ Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 155/105#
3 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 185/125#
2 Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Masters 35-39/Masters 40-44 Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 50/35# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Masters 45-49/Masters 50-54 Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 40/25# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Masters 55-59/Masters 60+ Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 35/20# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
teens
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Teens 16-17 Division
155/105#
Teens 14-15 Division
135/95#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Teens 14-15/Teens 16-17 Divisions
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
Teens 16-17 Division
40/25#s
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Teens 14-15 Division
35/20#s
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 35/20#s
– 15 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 6 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Teens 16-17 Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 275/175#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Teens 14-15 Division
For Time:
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 155/105#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds
10 Deadlifts 185/125#
3 Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Teens 16-17 Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 40/25# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Teen 14-15 Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 35/20# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
TEAMs
Pro Teams
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Pro Teams Division
185/125#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Pro Teams Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Pro Teams Division
50/35#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Pro Team Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 225/155#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 315/205#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Pro Teams Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 50/35# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
RX Teams
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
RX Teams Division
185/125#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
RX Teams Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
RX Teams Division
50/35#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
RX Teams Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 225/155#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 315/205#
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
RX Teams Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 50/35# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
intermediate Teams
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Intermediate Teams Division
135/95#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Intermediate Teams Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Intermediate Teams Division
40/25#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Intermediate Teams Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 275/175#
3 Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Intermediate Teams Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 40/25# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
Masters Teams
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Masters Teams Division
155/105#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Masters Teams Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters
– 18 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 15 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Tiebreak
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Masters Teams Division
40/25#s
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Masters Teams Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 185/125#
5 Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 275/175##
50’ Handstand Walk (25’/25”)
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Masters Team Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 40/25# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
50 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
rookie Teams
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Rookie Team Division
115/75#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls
+10 Double Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Rookie Teams Division
20/14# to 10/9’
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Double Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet twice for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 35/20#s
– 15 Toes to Bar
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 12 Pull Ups
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 9 Chest to Bar Pull Ups
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 6 Bar Muscle Ups
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Rookie Teams Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 135/95#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 155/105#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Rookie Teams Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 35/20# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
Community & Kids
Community
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Community Division
95/65#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls 14/10# to 10/9’
+10 Single Unders
Round 1: 15/15/10
Round 2: 15/15/20
Round 3: 15/15/30
Round 4: 15/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Wall Ball
- The rep begins with:
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
of the knee- athletes may squat clean when taking the ball from the ground
- the med-ball in the front rack position with the athletes hips below the top
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
specified target height
- the center of the ball makes contact with the target at or above the
- During the movement:
- the medicine ball must be taken from the bottom of a squat, hip crease passing clearly below the knee
- If the ball hits the ground it must come to a rest before initiating the next rep. Taking the ball from the rebound into the next rep is a no rep.
- NOTE: If using a mounted wall ball target, it is HIGHLY recommended that the BOTTOM of the target be mounted to the appropriate height.
Single Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet once for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 30/15#s
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Community Division
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 115/75#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 135/95#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Community Division
For Time:
30 Dual DB Step Overs 30/15# to 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Jumping Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Dual DB Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
kids under 8
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Under 8 Division
10#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
15/11 Calorie Row
15 Wall Balls 14/10# to 10/9’
+10 Single Unders
Round 1: 10/15/10
Round 2: 10/15/20
Round 3: 10/15/30
Round 4: 10/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Single Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet once for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Goblet Squat
- The rep begins with:
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The “goblet squat” is the dumbbell held at the chest of the athlete above their belly button. DB can be held vertically or horizontally
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- athlete’s hips and knees are clearly locked out and extended at the top
- During the movement:
- the athlete must pass through a full squat with the hips clearly going below the knees
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will count as a no-rep.
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Single DB Thrusters 5#
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Kids Under 8
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 25#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 25#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Kids Under 8
For Time:
30 Box Step Overs 12”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Jumping Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Box Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
kids 8-10
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Kids 8-10 Division
15#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.2 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP
10 Calorie Row
15 DB Goblet Squats 10#
+10 Single Unders
Round 1: 10/15/10
Round 2: 10/15/20
Round 3: 10/15/30
Round 4: 10/15/40
Etc…
Time Cap: 20 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen.
At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders.
At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders
Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes.
At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to
rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
set to zero - The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Single Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet once for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Goblet Squat
- The rep begins with:
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The “goblet squat” is the dumbbell held at the chest of the athlete above their belly button. DB can be held vertically or horizontally
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- athlete’s hips and knees are clearly locked out and extended at the top
- During the movement:
- the athlete must pass through a full squat with the hips clearly going below the knees
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will count as a no-rep.
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for medicine balls are 9 kg (20 lb), 6 kg (14 lb), 4 kg (10 lb),
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Single DB Thrusters 10#
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Single DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.4 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight:
0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press
5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean
Time Cap: 10 Minutes
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells.
Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps.
Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00.
A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like.
Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written.
The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps.
After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean.
Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell.
Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.
Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.
DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full
extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
The official weight must be recorded in pounds. If converting to pounds, round to the nearest pound (.5 and up round un, .4 and below round down).
200.1 to 200.4 lb rounds down to 200 lb, 200.5 to 200.9 lb rounds up to 201 lb.
Any weight increases with change plates must result in a whole number (no decimal points). Collars cannot be included in the weight.
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds.
Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down)
Calculating total load:
This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Kids 8-10
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 35#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 35#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Kids Under 8-10
For Time:
30 Box Step Overs 12”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Jumping Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Box Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
kids 11-13
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.1 SCORECARD
5 Min AMRAP
+1 Snatch
8 Burpee Over Bar
Round 1: 1/8 Round 2: 2/8 Round 3: 3/8 Round 4: 4/8 Etc…
Time Cap: 5 Minutes
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
Kids 11-13 Division
25/20#
Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 5 minutes. This event begins with the athlete standing tall in front of their barbell. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with 1 Snatch. Any style is permitted, squat snatch, power snatch, split snatch.
At the completion of the 1 Snatch, athletes will perform 8 Burpee Over Bar.
At the completion of the Burpees Over Bar, athletes will begin round 2, performing 2 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Round 3 will consist of 3 Snatches and 8 Burpee Over Bar.
Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 1 rep to the Snatch each round for 5 minutes.
At the completion of 5 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 5 minutes will be the athlete’s score.
Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 5 minutes.
DOs & DON’TS
- Power Snatch or Squat Snatch is permitted
- May jump OR step over the barbell on Burpee Over Bar
Movement Standards
Snatch
- The rep begins with:
- the bar on the ground and collars on the outside of the plates
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
extended and the barbell clearly directly over or slightly behind the middle of the body with the feet in line
- The barbell is supported overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms clearly
- During the movement:
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
snatch or split snatch.- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
the barbell is supported in the overhead position
- both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will
count as a no-rep
- the athlete may choose to do a muscle snatch, power snatch, squat
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this workout
Burpee Over Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes chest and thighs touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet have touched the ground on the opposite side of the barbell
- During the movement:
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
permitted - chest and thighs must clearly touch the ground
- stepping and/or jumping back to the starting position is permitted
- The athlete may jump or step over the barbell
- stepping and/or jumping back to reach the bottom of the burpee is
- If a no-rep is received for any reason, the entire movement must be repeated again on any side of the barbell
Equipment
- Barbell, plates, and collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for the barbell is 29 kg (65 lb), 34 kg (75 lb), 43 kg (95 lb), 47 kg (105 lb), 52 kg (115 lb), 56 kg (125 lb), 61 kg (135 lb), 70 kg (155 lb), 75 kg (165 lb), and 83 kg (185 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
PRESENTED BY:
20 Min AMRAP 10 Calorie Row 15 Wall Balls 6# to 9’ +10 Single Unders Round 1: 10/15/10 Round 2: 10/15/20 Round 3: 10/15/30 Round 4: 10/15/40 Etc… Time Cap: 20 Minutes Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.Workout Flow
This event is for as many reps as possible in 20 minutes. This event begins with the athlete sitting on the rower, their hands off the paddle, and the monitor set to zero calories. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will begin with their designated calories on the rower. You must remain seated until the designated calories show on the screen. At the completion of the row, athletes will perform 15 Wall Balls. At the completion of the Wall Balls, athletes will perform 10 Double Unders. At the completion of the Double Unders, athletes will begin round 2, performing their row, wall balls, and then 20 Double Unders Round 3 will consist of row, wall balls, and then 30 Double Unders. Athletes will continue in this fashion, adding 10 reps to the Double Unders each round for 20 minutes. At the completion of 20 minutes, the workout will end and the total number of reps completed over 20 minutes will be the athlete’s score. If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest.Scoring
Your score is the total number of repetitions completed in the 20 minutes.DOs & DON’TS
- Gymnastic Grips are NOT allowed during this workout
- Athletes MAY receive assistance resetting the rower between rounds
- If time expires during the row, record your score when the monitor has come to rest
Movement Standards
Row
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete on the rower, hands not touching the handle, and the screen set to zero
- The monitor must be set to 0 at the beginning of each row.
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the monitor shows the prescribed calories with the athlete on the the rower
- During the movement:
- the athletes may not touch the monitor, if so screen will be reset back to its original state by the judge
- athletes must remain on the rower until the display reads the work required
Single Under
- The rep begins with:
- the jump rope in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the rope has passed under the feet once for each jump
- During the movement:
- the rope must spin forward
- only successful jumps are counted, not attempts
Goblet Squat
- The rep begins with:
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The “goblet squat” is the dumbbell held at the chest of the athlete above their belly button. DB can be held vertically or horizontally
- The DB in the “goblet squat” position.
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- athlete’s hips and knees are clearly locked out and extended at the top
- During the movement:
- the athlete must pass through a full squat with the hips clearly going below the knees
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will count as a no-rep.
Equipment
- Concept2 Rower
- Medicine ball of appropriate weight for your division
- Target at 10 ft or 9 ft (305cm or 274cm)
- Jump Rope
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.3 SCORECARD
PRESENTED BY:
For Time:
Beginning on a 3 Minute Clock, complete
2 Rounds:
– 9 Dual DB Thrusters 10#
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 3 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 12 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 6 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 15 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
If Completed before 9 minutes, add 3 minutes to the clock and proceed to:
2 Rounds:
– 18 Dual DB Thrusters
– 5 Burpee to Plates
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed up to their cutoff time.
Workout Flow
You will set your clock to 12:00.
At the call of 3-2-1 Go, athletes will have 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 9 Dual DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
If both rounds are completed within the 3 minute window, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 12 Dual DB Thrusters and 15 Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 6 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 15 Dual DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
If both rounds are completed by the 9 minute mark, the athlete will earn an additional 3 minutes to complete 2 Rounds of 18 Dual DB Thrusters and 9 Bar Muscle Ups.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section. The athlete DOES NOT need to wait for the 3 minute window to end before moving into the next section.
If you are unable to complete the work within the cutoff time for each section, your workout is done and your score will be the total number of repetitions completed.
Tie-breaker is the total time at the last section you completed. For instance, if you got to the section with bar muscle ups, your tie-break time is the time it took you to complete the 2 Rounds of 15 DB Thrusters and 12 Chest to Bar Pull Ups. Another example, let’s say you only got 12 pull ups, your tie-break time would be the time it took you to complete the 1st section: 2 Rounds of 9 DB Thrusters and 18 Toes to Bar.
Scoring
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the cutoff time.
DOs & DON’TS
- Once the 2 rounds are completed, the athlete may IMMEDIATELY begin the next 2 round section.
Movement Standards
Dumbbell Thrusters
- The rep begins with:
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- the “front rack” position is one head of each DB touching the shoulders of the body with the elbows clearly in front of the body
- The DBs held in the front rack position
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
clearly extended and both dumbbells clearly directly over or slightly behind
the middle of the body
- the dumbbells are locked out overhead, with the hips, knees, and arms
- During the movement:
- the athlete must move from the bottom of a front squat to full lockout overhead in one fluid movement
- the crease of the athlete’s hip must clearly pass below the top of the athlete’s knees in the bottom position
- a thruster jerk is not allowed
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
permitted. However, an athlete stabilizing by moving their feet is
permitted
- an athlete deliberately re-dipping their knees under the DBs is not
- A full squat clean into the thruster is allowed when the dumbbells are taken from
the floor
Toes to Bar
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
behind the pull-up bar
- the athlete hanging from the pull-up bar with arms extended and heels
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both feet clearly contact the bar between the hands at the same time
- During the movement:
- overhand, underhand, or mixed grips are all permitted
- any part of the feet may make contact with the bar
- the heels must be brought back behind the pull-up bar
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted.
Chin Over Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chin clearly comes above the pull-up bar
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Bar Muscle Ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms are fully locked out while the athlete is in the support position above the bar and the shoulders are over or in front of the bar
- During the movement:
- kipping the muscle-up is acceptable, but pullovers, rolls to support and glide kips are not permitted
- no portion of the foot may rise above the height of the bar during the kip
- only the hands and no other part of the arm may touch the pull-up bar to assist the athlete in completing the rep
- deliberately resting at the top is not permitted, this will count as a no-rep and the athlete must come off the bar and to the ground to begin again
- no resting the hips on the bar
- no taking the hands off of the bar to shake out
- Adjusting the grip at the top is permitted
Equipment
- Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
- Pull Up Bar
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
PRESENTED BY:
For Max Weight: 0:00 – 5:00: Find 1RM Bench Press 5:00 – 10:00: Find 1RM Clean Time Cap: 10 Minutes Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.Workout Flow
Each athlete will have a rack and a bench for the Bench Press and will take the bar from the ground on the clean. You may use 2 barbells for this workout.The workout may begin with weight on both barbells. Athletes will have from 0 – 5 minutes to find their heaviest lift on Bench Press. Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. They must be finished with their Bench Press in the 5 minute window for it to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 5 minute clock beeps. Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso). If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack. Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written. As soon as 5 minutes hits, the athlete will move to their 2nd barbell or move their barbell to the floor to find their 1RM Clean from 5:00 – 10:00. A Squat Clean, Power Clean, or Split Clean is allowed on the Clean.Within the 5 minute window, athletes may make as many or as few attempts as they would like. Athletes must declare the load they are attempting before starting to lift either verbally or written. The rep must be completed before the 10 minute clock hits in order for that weight to count. You MAY NOT be locking out your rep as the 10 minute clock beeps. After finishing the final lift, remove and film all plates used on the bar to verify loading for both the bench and the clean. Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell. Athletes may use knee sleeves but knee wraps are NOT permitted.Scoring
Athlete’s score will be the sum of their heaviest successful bench press and clean, in pounds. There is no tiebreak for this event.DOs & DON’TS
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Spotters ARE RECOMMENDED on the Bench Press
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight and taking weight off their barbell
Movement Standards
Bench Press
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- The arms in full extension with the bar over the chest (below the collarbone and above the abdomen)
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the arms return to full extension with the bar over your chest.
- before racking the bar, you must pause briefly with the bar at full extension.
- During the movement:
- athletes must use a standard, pronated grip.
- at the bottom, the bar must make contact with any part of the chest.
- athletes may NOT pause or rest with the bar on your chest.
- athletes may place bumper plates under their feet.
- the feet must remain on the floor (or bumper plates).
- the shoulders must remain on the bench.
- Athletes may use a spotter for liftoff and/or rerack. However, the lift cannot begin until the spotter’s hands are off the bar. The lift will not count if the spotter touches the bar before the athlete reaches lockout at the top (arms at full extension and the bar over the torso).
- If a spotter touches you or the bar during the lift and/or before pausing briefly with the bar at full extension, it is an immediate no-rep and the bar must be returned to the rack.
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Clean
- Each athlete must declare their weight to the camera
- Clips must be on the outside of the weights
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- During the movement:
- hang cleans are NOT permitted.
- no part of the body other than the feet may touch the ground, this will count as a no-rep.
- The athlete may choose to do a muscle clean, power clean, squat clean, or split clean. However, both feet must return and be in line under the athlete’s body while the barbell is clearly in the front rack with elbows in front of the bar and the hips and knees clearly fully extended
- All successful attempts must be completed before their 5 minute window.
- Athletes can receive help with loading and unloading the barbell.
- Athletes may NOT use gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
Equipment
- Barbell, 45/35 lb.
- Bumper Plates
- Collars
- Bench
- Rack
REQUIREMENTS FOR USING EQUIPMENT MEASURED IN KILOGRAMS
Athletes using any piece of equipment measured in kilograms must use the following conversion chart for each piece BEFORE the weight is totaled. This includes athletes using a barbell measured in kilograms with plates measured in pounds. Then round the sum to the nearest whole pound. (.5 and up round up, .4 and below round down) Calculating total load: This table will be used in all instances when determining scores for this workout.Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement standards.
- Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.5 SCORECARD
Kids 11-13
For Time:
3 Rounds:
15 Deadlifts 55/45#
5 Scaled Wall Walks
Rest 1 Min
3 Rounds:
10 Deadlifts 55/45#
3 Scaled Wall Walks
Time Cap: 12 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
Tie Break
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, the athlete will need to mark all tape lines for the wall walks and/or handstand walk as shown in the floor layout below.
This workout begins with the athlete standing tall by their barbell. At 3-2-1 Go, athletes will complete 3 Rounds of 15 Deadlifts and 5 Wall Walks. Once the 3 rounds are complete, the athletes rest a MANDATORY 1 minute.
Your tie-break time will be the total time it takes you to complete the first 3 rounds.
At the completion of their 1 minute rest, athletes will perform 3 rounds of 10 Deadlifts at a heavier weight and a 50 foot Handstand Walk.
There is a 12 minute time cap on this workout.
For the Handstand Walks, the floor will be marked 25 ft long, with markings at every 5 ft.
Handstand Walks do not need to be completed unbroken, however if the athlete comes down, they must reset to the last completed 5 ft section with hands behind the line to start. Athletes are not required to come down at the 25 ft turnaround, however both hands must clearly cross the line before initiating the return. If you are unable to complete this workout under the time cap, every 5ft will count as 1 rep on the scorecard.
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 12 minute time cap.
DOs & DON’TS
- For the Wall Walks, there is only ONE tape line that you have to touch at either the 10 inch line or the 30 inch line if doing scaled wall walks
- You may use 2 barbells for this workout
- Athletes MAY have assistance adding weight to their barbell
Movement Standards
Deadlift
- The rep begins with:
- the barbell on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
the barbell
- The athletes hips and knees are fully extended, and shoulders are behind
- During the movement:
- the hands must be outside the knees
- sumo deadlifts are NOT allowed
- deliberately bouncing the barbell is NOT allowed
- Athletes may NOT wear gymnastics grips or straps during this movement.
- turning the grips around to the other side of the hand is permitted.
Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 10-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line:
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 10 inches from the wall
- 10 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Scaled Wall Walks
- The rep begins with:
- the athlete lying down and the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the athlete returns to the starting position, lying down with the chest, thighs and feet touching the ground
- During the movement:
- both hands must touch the tape line at the 30-inch mark before the athlete may descend.
- any part of the hands may touch the tape line
- Tape line
- 30 inches long, no wider than 2 inches and 30 inches from the wall
- 30 inches (25 cm) wall to outside edge of tape
- 30 inches (76cm) in length
- 2 inches (5cm) in width (no wider than this)
Handstand Walk
- The rep begins with:
- both the athlete’s hands, including palm and fingers, behind the line denoting the start of the segment being attempted
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- both hands, including palms and fingers, clearly cross the line marking the completion of their section
- During the handstand walk:
- any style of handstand walk is permitted (forward, backward or sideways)
- when kicking up, stepping across the line or landing with the hands on or
over the line constitutes a no rep - if the athlete comes down at any time within the minimum required
distance, the athlete must restart from the last section completed
Equipment
- Tape to mark the floor for either Wall Walks or Scaled Wall Walks and Handstand Walks
- Barbell
- Standard bumper plates ( no larger than 18 inch diameter) to load to the
appropriate weights for the athlete’s division - Collars
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for barbells are 142kg (315lb), 124kg (275lb), 102kg (225lb), 83kg (185lb), 70kg (155lb), 61kg (135lb), 56kg (125lb), 52kg (115lb), 43kg (95lb), 34kg (75lb), 29kg (65lb), 20kg (45lb), and 15kg (35lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All qualifying divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distances and weights can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer.
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or invalidation of video.
- Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
DOWNLOAD QUALIFIER 25.6 SCORECARD
Kids Under 11-13
For Time:
30 Box Step Overs 20”
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Jumping Pull Ups
20 50’ Shuttle Runs
30 Box Step Overs
Time Cap: 15 Minutes
Score is the total time it takes to complete the entire workout or the total number of repetitions completed before the 15 minute time cap.
Workout Flow
Prior to starting the workout, athletes must set up the competition floor as shown in the floor plan which includes a tape mark for the shuttle runs.
The workout begins with the athlete standing tall next to their box. At the call of 3-2-1 Go, the athlete will begin by completing 30 DB Box Step Overs.
Once all 30 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will move to complete 50 Chest to Bar Pull Ups.
Once all 50 are complete, they will move to complete 20 50-ft Shuttle Runs.
Once all 20 Shuttle Runs are complete, they will finish with 30 DB Box Step Overs.
At the completion of the last DB Box Step Over, the workout is over and the athlete’s time will be recorded.
There is a 15 minute time cap on this workout.
DOs & DON’TS
- You must tape the floor for the shuttle runs (25ft) so it is visible on camera
- BOTH FEET AND ONE HAND must touch the floor on the other side of the tape
and each turnaround on the shuttle run - Just putting your foot on the line will not count as a completed shuttle run rep
Movement Standards
Deadlift
Shuttle Run
- The rep begins with:
- the athletes feet clearly behind the start line
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
start line
- Both of the athlete’s feet and a hand touch the ground over the line back at the
- During the movement:
- At each turnaround, both feet and one hand must touch the ground over the line before the athletes may return.
- Stepping on or touching the line will not count.
- Each rep of the shuttle run = 50 ft (15.24m). 25 ft (7.62m) down + 25 ft (7.62m)
back - One repetition of the shuttle run = 50 ft.
- If the athlete is time capped on the shuttle run and does not complete the full 50
ft, the rep will not count. - There is no partial credit for completing 25 ft of the shuttle run.
Chest to Bar Pull-ups
- The rep begins with:
- the arms fully extended and feet off the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- the chest clearly comes into contact with the bar at or below the collarbone
- During the movement:
- any style of pull-up or grip is permitted
- wearing hand protection (gymnastics-style grips, gloves, etc.) is permitted
Dual DB Box Step Up
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground and the dumbbells in the athlete’s hands
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Box Step Over
- The rep begins with:
- Both feet on the ground
- The rep ends and is credited when:
- Both of the athlete’s feet touch the ground on the other side of the box
- During the movement:
- Both feet must make contact with the top of the box
- No requirement to stand tall while on top of the box
Equipment
- Tape for Shuttle Runs, 25 feet apart
- Box of appropriate height for your division, top of the box must be at least 15 by 15 inches
- Pull Up Bar
- 2 Dumbbells of appropriate weight for your division
The official weight is in pounds. For your convenience, the minimum acceptable weights in kilograms for dumbbells are 22.5kg (50lb), 17.5 kg(40lb), 15 kg (35 lb), 12.5 kg (25 lb), and 10 kg (20 lb).
For each workout, be sure the athlete has adequate space to safely complete all the movements. Clear the area of all extra equipment, people or other obstructions.
Any athlete who in any way alters the equipment or movements described in this document or shown in the workout standards video may be disqualified from the competition.
Video Submission Standards
All divisions require you to submit a video link in order to submit your score.
- Film ALL introductions of name, division and workouts so the athlete can be seen and heard clearly.
- Film ALL equipment so the loads can be seen clearly.
- Film ALL competition area measurements so the distance and/or heights can be
seen clearly. - Videos must be uncut and unedited to accurately display the performance.
- A clock or timer must be visible throughout the workout.
- Shoot the video so all exercises can be seen clearly meeting the movement
standards. - Videos shot with a fisheye lens or similar lens may be rejected.
- Do NOT use a countdown timer. Use a timer that counts UP from 0:00-15:00
- Failure to follow any of the video standards are subject to penalty and/or
invalidation of video. - Below is a Suggested Set Up: if space is an issue, you may rearrange as long as
all movements are clearly seen in frame throughout the workout.
Submission Rules
Competitors are allowed to complete the workouts as many times as desired, but only one submission is allowed. All submissions must be received by 8:00PM CT on the designated day. No late entries will be accepted.
For an entry to be valid, all workouts must be recorded. If you qualify we will request one of your videos to be submitted. We suggest using the WeTime App to record your workout.
Code of Conduct
Integrity: the quality of being honest and having strong moral principles; moral uprightness. “he/she is known to be a man/woman of integrity”
All participants will be required to sign a code of conduct in order to compete in the Online Qualifier. Integrity is expected.
* The Fittest Experience reserves the right to invite any pro athletes to compete in the event.